Sema.h revision 1a5bd5d680726f3d133da27791b228b2c8fe96c6
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 20#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 21#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 22#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 23#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 24#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 25#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 26#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 28#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 29#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 30#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 31#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 32#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 33#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 34#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 38#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 39#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 40#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 45#include <deque> 46#include <string> 47 48namespace llvm { 49 class APSInt; 50 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 51 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 52 class SmallBitVector; 53} 54 55namespace clang { 56 class ADLResult; 57 class ASTConsumer; 58 class ASTContext; 59 class ASTMutationListener; 60 class ASTReader; 61 class ASTWriter; 62 class ArrayType; 63 class AttributeList; 64 class BlockDecl; 65 class CXXBasePath; 66 class CXXBasePaths; 67 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 68 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 69 class CXXConstructorDecl; 70 class CXXConversionDecl; 71 class CXXDestructorDecl; 72 class CXXFieldCollector; 73 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 74 class CXXMethodDecl; 75 class CXXScopeSpec; 76 class CXXTemporary; 77 class CXXTryStmt; 78 class CallExpr; 79 class ClassTemplateDecl; 80 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 81 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 82 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 83 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 84 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 85 class CodeCompletionResult; 86 class Decl; 87 class DeclAccessPair; 88 class DeclContext; 89 class DeclRefExpr; 90 class DeclaratorDecl; 91 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 92 class DependentDiagnostic; 93 class DesignatedInitExpr; 94 class Designation; 95 class EnumConstantDecl; 96 class Expr; 97 class ExtVectorType; 98 class ExternalSemaSource; 99 class FormatAttr; 100 class FriendDecl; 101 class FunctionDecl; 102 class FunctionProtoType; 103 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 104 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 105 class InitListExpr; 106 class InitializationKind; 107 class InitializationSequence; 108 class InitializedEntity; 109 class IntegerLiteral; 110 class LabelStmt; 111 class LambdaExpr; 112 class LangOptions; 113 class LocalInstantiationScope; 114 class LookupResult; 115 class MacroInfo; 116 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 117 class NamedDecl; 118 class NonNullAttr; 119 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 120 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 121 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 122 class ObjCContainerDecl; 123 class ObjCImplDecl; 124 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 125 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 126 class ObjCIvarDecl; 127 template <class T> class ObjCList; 128 class ObjCMessageExpr; 129 class ObjCMethodDecl; 130 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 131 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 132 class OverloadCandidateSet; 133 class OverloadExpr; 134 class ParenListExpr; 135 class ParmVarDecl; 136 class Preprocessor; 137 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 138 class PseudoObjectExpr; 139 class QualType; 140 class StandardConversionSequence; 141 class Stmt; 142 class StringLiteral; 143 class SwitchStmt; 144 class TargetAttributesSema; 145 class TemplateArgument; 146 class TemplateArgumentList; 147 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 148 class TemplateDecl; 149 class TemplateParameterList; 150 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 151 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 152 class Token; 153 class TypeAliasDecl; 154 class TypedefDecl; 155 class TypedefNameDecl; 156 class TypeLoc; 157 class UnqualifiedId; 158 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 159 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 160 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 161 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 162 class UsingDecl; 163 class UsingShadowDecl; 164 class ValueDecl; 165 class VarDecl; 166 class VisibilityAttr; 167 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 168 class IndirectFieldDecl; 169 170namespace sema { 171 class AccessedEntity; 172 class BlockScopeInfo; 173 class CapturingScopeInfo; 174 class CompoundScopeInfo; 175 class DelayedDiagnostic; 176 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 177 class FunctionScopeInfo; 178 class LambdaScopeInfo; 179 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 180 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 181} 182 183// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 184// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 185typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 186 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 187 188/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 189class Sema { 190 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 191 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 192 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 193 194 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 195 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 196 197 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 198 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 199 200public: 201 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 202 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 203 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 204 205 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 206 FPOptions FPFeatures; 207 208 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 209 Preprocessor &PP; 210 ASTContext &Context; 211 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 212 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 213 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 214 215 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 216 bool CollectStats; 217 218 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 219 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 220 221 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 222 DeclContext *CurContext; 223 224 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 225 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 226 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 227 228 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 229 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 230 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 231 232 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 233 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 234 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 235 236 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 237 238 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 239 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 240 241 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 242 /// 243 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 244 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 245 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 246 247 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 248 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 249 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 250 251 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 252 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 253 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 254 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 255 256 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs; 257 258 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 259 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 260 /// 261 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 262 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 263 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 264 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 265 266 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 267 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 268 ExtVectorDeclsType; 269 270 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 271 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 272 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 273 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 274 275 /// \brief The set of types for which we have already complained about the 276 /// definitions being hidden. 277 /// 278 /// This set is used to suppress redundant diagnostics. 279 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl *, 4> HiddenDefinitions; 280 281 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 282 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 283 284 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 285 286 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 287 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 288 289 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 290 291 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 292 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 293 /// same list more than once. 294 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 295 296 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 297 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 298 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 299 300 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 301 /// locally-scoped external declaration with that name. 302 /// 303 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 304 /// scoped, e.g., 305 /// 306 /// \code 307 /// void f() { 308 /// void foo(int, int); 309 /// } 310 /// \endcode 311 /// 312 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration on 313 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 314 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 315 /// 316 /// - If we are declaring another external with the name "foo", we 317 /// can find "foo" as a previous declaration, so that the types 318 /// of this external declaration can be checked for 319 /// compatibility. 320 /// 321 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 322 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 323 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 324 /// not visible. 325 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternalDecls; 326 327 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped external declaration by the given name. 328 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 329 findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name); 330 331 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 332 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 333 TentativeDefinitionsType; 334 335 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 336 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 337 338 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 339 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 340 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 341 342 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 343 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 344 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 345 346 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 347 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 348 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 349 350 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 351 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 352 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 353 354 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 355 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 356 /// exception spec. 357 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 358 359 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 360 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 361 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 362 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 363 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 364 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 365 366 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 367 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 368 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 369 void *OpaqueParser; 370 371 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 372 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 373 OpaqueParser = P; 374 } 375 376 class DelayedDiagnostics; 377 378 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 379 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 380 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 381 }; 382 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 383 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 384 385 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 386 /// during parsing and other processing. 387 class DelayedDiagnostics { 388 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 389 /// diagnostics should go. 390 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 391 392 public: 393 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 394 395 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 396 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 397 398 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 399 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 400 401 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 402 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 403 return CurPool; 404 } 405 406 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 407 /// collected in this pool. 408 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 409 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 410 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 411 CurPool = &pool; 412 return state; 413 } 414 415 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 416 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 417 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 418 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 419 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 420 } 421 422 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 423 /// not delayed. 424 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 425 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 426 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 427 CurPool = 0; 428 return state; 429 } 430 431 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 432 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 433 assert(CurPool == NULL); 434 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 435 } 436 } DelayedDiagnostics; 437 438 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 439 class ContextRAII { 440 private: 441 Sema &S; 442 DeclContext *SavedContext; 443 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 444 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 445 446 public: 447 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 448 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 449 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 450 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 451 { 452 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 453 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 454 } 455 456 void pop() { 457 if (!SavedContext) return; 458 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 459 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 460 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 461 SavedContext = 0; 462 } 463 464 ~ContextRAII() { 465 pop(); 466 } 467 }; 468 469 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 470 /// a function body. 471 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 472 Sema &S; 473 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 474 475 public: 476 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 477 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 478 { 479 S.PushFunctionScope(); 480 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 481 } 482 483 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 484 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 485 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 486 } 487 }; 488 489 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 490 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 491 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 492 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 493 494 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 495 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 496 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 497 /// in the currently selected standard. 498 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 499 500 501 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 502 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 503 504 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 505 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 506 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 507 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 508 /// It would be best to refactor this. 509 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 510 511 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 512 513 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 514 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 515 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 516 Scope *TUScope; 517 518 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 519 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 520 521 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 522 /// standard library. 523 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 524 525 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 526 /// \<initializer_list>. 527 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 528 529 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 530 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 531 532 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 533 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 534 535 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 536 llvm::OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 537 538 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 539 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 540 541 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 542 QualType NSNumberPointer; 543 544 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 545 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 546 547 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 548 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 549 550 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 551 QualType NSStringPointer; 552 553 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 554 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 555 556 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 557 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 558 559 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 560 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 561 562 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 563 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 564 565 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 566 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 567 568 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 569 QualType QIDNSCopying; 570 571 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 572 /// have been declared. 573 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 574 575 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 576 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 577 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 578 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 579 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 580 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 581 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 582 /// run time. 583 Unevaluated, 584 585 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 586 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 587 /// cases in a switch statment). 588 ConstantEvaluated, 589 590 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 591 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 592 /// expression at run time. 593 PotentiallyEvaluated, 594 595 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 596 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 597 /// in fact the current expression is used. 598 /// 599 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 600 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 601 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 602 /// until the default argument is used. 603 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 604 }; 605 606 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 607 /// expression evaluation contexts. 608 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 609 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 610 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 611 612 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 613 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 614 615 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 616 bool IsDecltype; 617 618 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 619 /// this expression evaluation context. 620 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 621 622 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 623 624 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 625 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 626 llvm::SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 627 628 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 629 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 630 /// default function argument. 631 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 632 633 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 634 /// within this context. 635 /// 636 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 637 /// do not have lambda expressions. 638 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle; 639 640 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 641 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 642 llvm::SmallVector<CallExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 643 644 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 645 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 646 llvm::SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 647 648 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 649 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 650 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 651 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 652 bool IsDecltype) 653 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 654 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 655 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 656 657 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 658 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 659 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 660 if (!LambdaMangle) 661 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 662 return *LambdaMangle; 663 } 664 }; 665 666 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 667 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 668 669 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 670 /// function. 671 /// 672 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 673 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 674 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 675 public: 676 enum Kind { 677 NoMemberOrDeleted, 678 Ambiguous, 679 Success 680 }; 681 682 private: 683 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 684 685 public: 686 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 687 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 688 {} 689 690 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 691 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 692 693 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 694 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 695 }; 696 697 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 698 /// for C++ records. 699 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 700 701 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 702 /// 703 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 704 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 705 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 706 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 707 /// checks. 708 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 709 710 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 711 712 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 713 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 714 715 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 716 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 717 718 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 719 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 720 /// 721 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 722 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 723 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 724 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 725 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 726 727 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 728 // argument locations. 729 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 730 731 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with 732 /// internal linkage in this translation unit. 733 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals; 734 735 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 736 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 737 738 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 739 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 740 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 741 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 742 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 743 744 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 745 /// of -Wselector. 746 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 747 748 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 749 750 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 751 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 752 753 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 754 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 755 /// should not be used elsewhere. 756 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 757 758 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 759 /// statements. 760 class FPContractStateRAII { 761 public: 762 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 763 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 764 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 765 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 766 } 767 private: 768 Sema& S; 769 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 770 }; 771 772public: 773 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 774 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 775 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 776 ~Sema(); 777 778 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 779 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 780 void Initialize(); 781 782 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 783 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 784 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 785 786 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 787 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 788 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 789 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 790 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 791 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 792 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 793 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 794 795 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 796 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 797 /// 798 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 799 /// 800 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 801 802 void PrintStats() const; 803 804 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 805 /// template instantiation stacks. 806 /// 807 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 808 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 809 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 810 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 811 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 812 /// well. 813 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 814 Sema &SemaRef; 815 unsigned DiagID; 816 817 public: 818 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 819 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 820 821 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 822 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 823 if (!isActive()) return; 824 825 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 826 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 827 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 828 // 829 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 830 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 831 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 832 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 833 // eliminate that code. 834 FlushCounts(); 835 Clear(); 836 837 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 838 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 839 } 840 }; 841 842 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 843 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 844 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 845 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 846 } 847 848 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 849 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 850 851 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 852 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 853 854 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 855 856 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 857 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 858 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 859 860 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 861 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 862 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 863 864 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 865 866 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 867 868 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 869 870 void PushFunctionScope(); 871 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 872 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 873 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 874 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 875 876 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 877 return FunctionScopes.back(); 878 } 879 880 void PushCompoundScope(); 881 void PopCompoundScope(); 882 883 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 884 885 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 886 887 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 888 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 889 890 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 891 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 892 893 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 894 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 895 896 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 897 898 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 899 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 900 // 901 902 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 903 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 904 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 905 } 906 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 907 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 908 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 909 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 910 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 911 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 912 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 913 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 914 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 915 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 916 QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes, 917 bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn, 918 unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier, 919 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 920 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info); 921 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 922 SourceLocation Loc, 923 DeclarationName Entity); 924 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 925 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 926 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 927 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 928 929 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 930 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 931 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 932 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 933 934 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 935 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 936 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 937 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 938 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 939 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 940 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 941 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 942 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType T, const SourceRange &Range); 943 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 944 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 945 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 946 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 947 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 948 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 949 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 950 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 951 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 952 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 953 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 954 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 955 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 956 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 957 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 958 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 959 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 960 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 961 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 962 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 963 964 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 965 966 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 967 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 968 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 969 970 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 971 struct TypeDiagnoser { 972 bool Suppressed; 973 974 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 975 976 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 977 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 978 }; 979 980 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 981 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 982 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 983 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 984 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 985 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 986 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 987 return II; 988 } 989 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 990 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 991 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 992 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 993 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 994 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 995 996 template<typename T1> 997 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 998 unsigned DiagID; 999 const T1 &Arg1; 1000 1001 public: 1002 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1003 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1004 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1005 if (Suppressed) return; 1006 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1007 } 1008 1009 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1010 }; 1011 1012 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1013 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1014 unsigned DiagID; 1015 const T1 &Arg1; 1016 const T2 &Arg2; 1017 1018 public: 1019 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1020 const T2 &Arg2) 1021 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1022 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1023 1024 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1025 if (Suppressed) return; 1026 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1027 } 1028 1029 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1030 }; 1031 1032 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1033 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1034 unsigned DiagID; 1035 const T1 &Arg1; 1036 const T2 &Arg2; 1037 const T3 &Arg3; 1038 1039 public: 1040 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1041 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1042 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1043 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1044 1045 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1046 if (Suppressed) return; 1047 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1048 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1049 } 1050 1051 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1052 }; 1053 1054 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1055 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1056 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1057 unsigned DiagID); 1058 1059 template<typename T1> 1060 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1061 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1062 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1063 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1064 } 1065 1066 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1067 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1068 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1069 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1070 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1071 } 1072 1073 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1074 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1075 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1076 const T3 &Arg3) { 1077 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1078 Arg3); 1079 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1080 } 1081 1082 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1083 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1084 1085 template<typename T1> 1086 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1087 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1088 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1089 } 1090 1091 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1092 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1093 const T2 &Arg2) { 1094 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1095 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1096 } 1097 1098 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1099 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1100 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1101 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1102 Arg3); 1103 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1104 } 1105 1106 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1107 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1108 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1109 1110 template<typename T1> 1111 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1112 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1113 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1114 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1115 } 1116 1117 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1118 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1119 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1120 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1121 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1122 } 1123 1124 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1125 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1126 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1127 const T3 &Arg3) { 1128 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1129 Arg3); 1130 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1131 } 1132 1133 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1134 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1135 1136 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1137 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1138 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1139 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1140 SourceLocation Loc); 1141 1142 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1143 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1144 // 1145 1146 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1147 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1148 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1149 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1150 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1151 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1152 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1153 /// such as: 1154 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1155 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1156 1157 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1158 1159 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1160 1161 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1162 1163 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1164 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1165 bool isClassName = false, 1166 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1167 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1168 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1169 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1170 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1171 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1172 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1173 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1174 SourceLocation IILoc, 1175 Scope *S, 1176 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1177 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1178 1179 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1180 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1181 enum NameClassificationKind { 1182 NC_Unknown, 1183 NC_Error, 1184 NC_Keyword, 1185 NC_Type, 1186 NC_Expression, 1187 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1188 NC_TypeTemplate, 1189 NC_FunctionTemplate 1190 }; 1191 1192 class NameClassification { 1193 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1194 ExprResult Expr; 1195 TemplateName Template; 1196 ParsedType Type; 1197 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1198 1199 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1200 1201 public: 1202 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1203 1204 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1205 1206 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1207 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1208 1209 static NameClassification Error() { 1210 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1211 } 1212 1213 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1214 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1215 } 1216 1217 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1218 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1219 } 1220 1221 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1222 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1223 Result.Template = Name; 1224 return Result; 1225 } 1226 1227 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1228 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1229 Result.Template = Name; 1230 return Result; 1231 } 1232 1233 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1234 1235 ParsedType getType() const { 1236 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1237 return Type; 1238 } 1239 1240 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1241 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1242 return Expr; 1243 } 1244 1245 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1246 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1247 return Template; 1248 } 1249 1250 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1251 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1252 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1253 } 1254 }; 1255 1256 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1257 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1258 /// 1259 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1260 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1261 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1262 /// 1263 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1264 /// 1265 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1266 /// 1267 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1268 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1269 /// 1270 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1271 /// 1272 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1273 /// disambiguate the name. 1274 /// 1275 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1276 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1277 /// expression. 1278 /// 1279 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1280 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1281 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1282 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1283 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1284 const Token &NextToken, 1285 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1286 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1287 1288 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1289 1290 Decl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1291 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1292 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1293 const LookupResult &Previous, 1294 Scope *S); 1295 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1296 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1297 DeclarationName Name, 1298 SourceLocation Loc); 1299 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1300 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1301 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1302 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1303 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1304 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1305 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1306 LookupResult &Previous); 1307 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1308 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1309 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1310 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1311 LookupResult &Previous, 1312 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1313 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1314 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1315 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1316 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1317 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1318 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1319 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1320 LookupResult &Previous, 1321 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1322 bool &AddToScope); 1323 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1324 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1325 1326 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1327 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1328 1329 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1330 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1331 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1332 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1333 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1334 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1335 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1336 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1337 SourceLocation Loc, 1338 QualType T); 1339 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1340 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1341 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1342 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1343 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1344 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1345 Expr *defarg); 1346 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1347 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1348 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1349 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1350 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1351 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1352 1353 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1354 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1355 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1356 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1357 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1358 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1359 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1360 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1361 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1362 Decl **Group, 1363 unsigned NumDecls); 1364 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1365 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1366 1367 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1368 /// documentation comments. 1369 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1370 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1371 1372 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1373 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1374 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1375 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1376 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1377 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1378 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1379 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1380 } 1381 1382 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1383 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1384 /// code for that function. 1385 /// 1386 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1387 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1388 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1389 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1390 1391 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1392 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1393 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1394 1395 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1396 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1397 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1398 1399 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1400 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1401 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1402 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1403 1404 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1405 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1406 /// specified threshold. 1407 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1408 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1409 QualType ReturnTy, 1410 NamedDecl *D); 1411 1412 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1413 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1414 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1415 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1416 1417 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1418 /// 1419 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1420 /// 1421 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1422 /// 1423 /// \param Path The module access path. 1424 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1425 ModuleIdPath Path); 1426 1427 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1428 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1429 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1430 } 1431 1432 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1433 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1434 const Preprocessor &PP); 1435 1436 /// Scope actions. 1437 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1438 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1439 1440 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1441 DeclSpec &DS); 1442 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1443 DeclSpec &DS, 1444 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1445 1446 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1447 AccessSpecifier AS, 1448 RecordDecl *Record); 1449 1450 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1451 RecordDecl *Record); 1452 1453 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1454 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1455 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1456 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1457 1458 enum TagUseKind { 1459 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1460 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1461 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1462 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1463 }; 1464 1465 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1466 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1467 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1468 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1469 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1470 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1471 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1472 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1473 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1474 1475 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1476 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1477 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1478 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1479 AttributeList *Attr, 1480 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1481 1482 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1483 unsigned TagSpec, 1484 TagUseKind TUK, 1485 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1486 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1487 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1488 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1489 1490 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1491 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1492 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1493 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1494 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1495 1496 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1497 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1498 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1499 AccessSpecifier AS); 1500 1501 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1502 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1503 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1504 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1505 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1506 SourceLocation TSSL, 1507 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1508 Declarator *D = 0); 1509 1510 enum CXXSpecialMember { 1511 CXXDefaultConstructor, 1512 CXXCopyConstructor, 1513 CXXMoveConstructor, 1514 CXXCopyAssignment, 1515 CXXMoveAssignment, 1516 CXXDestructor, 1517 CXXInvalid 1518 }; 1519 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1520 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* Record, CXXSpecialMember mem); 1521 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1522 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1523 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1524 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1525 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1526 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1527 1528 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1529 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1530 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1531 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1532 AttributeList *AttrList); 1533 1534 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1535 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1536 /// struct, or union). 1537 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1538 1539 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1540 1541 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1542 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1543 /// member declarations. 1544 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1545 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1546 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1547 1548 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1549 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1550 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1551 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1552 1553 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1554 1555 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1556 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1557 /// 1558 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1559 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1560 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1561 1562 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1563 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1564 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1565 1566 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1567 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1568 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1569 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1570 Expr *val); 1571 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1572 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1573 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1574 1575 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1576 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1577 AttributeList *Attrs, 1578 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1579 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1580 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1581 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1582 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1583 1584 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1585 1586 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1587 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1588 void PopDeclContext(); 1589 1590 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1591 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1592 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1593 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1594 1595 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1596 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1597 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1598 1599 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1600 1601 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1602 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1603 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1604 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1605 1606 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1607 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1608 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1609 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1610 1611 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1612 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1613 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1614 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1615 1616 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1617 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1618 1619 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1620 /// top level scope. 1621 /// 1622 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1623 /// 1624 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1625 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1626 1627 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1628 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1629 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1630 /// 1631 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1632 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1633 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1634 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1635 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1636 1637 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1638 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1639 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1640 1641 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1642 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1643 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1644 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1645 1646 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1647 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1648 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1649 VersionTuple Introduced, 1650 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1651 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1652 bool IsUnavailable, 1653 StringRef Message); 1654 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1655 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); 1656 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1657 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1658 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1659 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg); 1660 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name); 1661 bool mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr); 1662 1663 void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, bool MergeDeprecation = true); 1664 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1665 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1666 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1667 Scope *S); 1668 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1669 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1670 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1671 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1672 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1673 1674 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1675 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1676 enum AssignmentAction { 1677 AA_Assigning, 1678 AA_Passing, 1679 AA_Returning, 1680 AA_Converting, 1681 AA_Initializing, 1682 AA_Sending, 1683 AA_Casting 1684 }; 1685 1686 /// C++ Overloading. 1687 enum OverloadKind { 1688 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1689 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1690 Ovl_Overload, 1691 1692 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1693 /// an existing declaration. 1694 Ovl_Match, 1695 1696 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1697 /// non-function. 1698 Ovl_NonFunction 1699 }; 1700 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1701 FunctionDecl *New, 1702 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1703 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1704 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1705 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1706 1707 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1708 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1709 /// 1710 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1711 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1712 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1713 1714 ImplicitConversionSequence 1715 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1716 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1717 bool AllowExplicit, 1718 bool InOverloadResolution, 1719 bool CStyle, 1720 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1721 1722 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1723 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1724 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1725 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1726 bool InOverloadResolution, 1727 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1728 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1729 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1730 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1731 QualType &ConvertedType); 1732 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1733 QualType& ConvertedType); 1734 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1735 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1736 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1737 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1738 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1739 1740 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1741 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1742 CastKind &Kind, 1743 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1744 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1745 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1746 bool InOverloadResolution, 1747 QualType &ConvertedType); 1748 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1749 CastKind &Kind, 1750 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1751 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1752 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1753 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1754 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1755 QualType &ResultTy); 1756 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1757 1758 1759 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1760 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1761 QualType ResultType, 1762 Expr *Value, 1763 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1764 1765 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1766 ExprResult Init); 1767 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1768 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1769 ExprResult Init, 1770 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1771 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1772 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1773 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1774 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1775 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1776 1777 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1778 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1779 1780 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1781 enum CCEKind { 1782 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1783 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1784 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1785 }; 1786 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1787 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1788 1789 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1790 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1791 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1792 public: 1793 bool Suppress; 1794 bool SuppressConversion; 1795 1796 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1797 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1798 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1799 1800 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1801 /// integral or enumeration type. 1802 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1803 QualType T) = 0; 1804 1805 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1806 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1807 QualType T) = 0; 1808 1809 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1810 /// is explicit. 1811 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1812 QualType T, 1813 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1814 1815 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1816 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1817 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1818 1819 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1820 /// functions. 1821 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1822 QualType T) = 0; 1823 1824 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1825 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1826 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1827 1828 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1829 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1830 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1831 QualType T, 1832 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1833 1834 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1835 }; 1836 1837 ExprResult 1838 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1839 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1840 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1841 1842 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1843 OS_Array, 1844 OS_Dictionary, 1845 OS_Error 1846 }; 1847 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1848 1849 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1850 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1851 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1852 NamedDecl *Member); 1853 1854 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1855 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1856 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1857 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1858 1859 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1860 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1861 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1862 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1863 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1864 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1865 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1866 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1867 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1868 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1869 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1870 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1871 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1872 QualType ObjectType, 1873 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1874 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1875 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1876 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1877 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1878 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1879 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1880 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1881 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1882 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1883 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1884 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1885 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1886 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1887 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1888 QualType ObjectType, 1889 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1890 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1891 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1892 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1893 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1894 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1895 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1896 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1897 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1898 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1899 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1900 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1901 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1902 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1903 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1904 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1905 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1906 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1907 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1908 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 1909 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1910 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1911 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1912 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 1913 Expr *Object, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 1914 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1915 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1916 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1917 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1918 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1919 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 1920 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 1921 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1922 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1923 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 1924 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 1925 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1926 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1927 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1928 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1929 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 1930 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 1931 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1932 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1933 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1934 bool PartialOverloading = false); 1935 1936 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 1937 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1938 1939 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 1940 // identified by the expression Expr 1941 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1942 1943 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 1944 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 1945 // R (A) --> R(A) 1946 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 1947 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 1948 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 1949 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 1950 1951 FunctionDecl * 1952 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 1953 QualType TargetType, 1954 bool Complain, 1955 DeclAccessPair &Found, 1956 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 1957 1958 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 1959 bool Complain = false, 1960 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 1961 1962 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 1963 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 1964 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 1965 bool Complain = false, 1966 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 1967 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 1968 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 1969 1970 1971 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 1972 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1973 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1974 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 1975 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1976 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1977 1978 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1979 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1980 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 1981 bool PartialOverloading = false); 1982 1983 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 1984 // range-based for loop. 1985 enum ForRangeStatus { 1986 FRS_Success, 1987 FRS_NoViableFunction, 1988 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 1989 }; 1990 1991 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 1992 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 1993 enum BeginEndFunction { 1994 BEF_begin, 1995 BEF_end 1996 }; 1997 1998 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 1999 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2000 VarDecl *Decl, 2001 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2002 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2003 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2004 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2005 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2006 2007 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2008 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2009 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2010 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2011 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2012 Expr *ExecConfig, 2013 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2014 2015 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2016 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2017 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2018 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2019 ExprResult *Result); 2020 2021 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2022 unsigned Opc, 2023 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2024 Expr *input); 2025 2026 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2027 unsigned Opc, 2028 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2029 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2030 2031 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2032 SourceLocation RLoc, 2033 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2034 2035 ExprResult 2036 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2037 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 2038 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2039 ExprResult 2040 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2041 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2042 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2043 2044 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2045 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2046 2047 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2048 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2049 /// that best represents the call. 2050 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2051 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2052 2053 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2054 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 2055 bool CheckParameterNames); 2056 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2057 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2058 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2059 2060 /// \name Name lookup 2061 /// 2062 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2063 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2064 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2065 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2066 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2067 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2068 /// 2069 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2070 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2071 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2072 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2073 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2074 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2075 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2076 /// 2077 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2078 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2079 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2080 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2081 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2082 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2083 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2084 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2085 //@{ 2086 2087 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2088 enum LookupNameKind { 2089 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2090 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2091 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2092 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2093 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2094 /// structs, and unions. 2095 LookupTagName, 2096 /// Label name lookup. 2097 LookupLabel, 2098 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2099 /// class/struct/union members. 2100 LookupMemberName, 2101 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2102 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2103 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2104 LookupOperatorName, 2105 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2106 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2107 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2108 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2109 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2110 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2111 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2112 LookupNamespaceName, 2113 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2114 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2115 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2116 LookupUsingDeclName, 2117 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2118 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2119 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2120 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2121 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2122 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2123 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2124 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2125 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2126 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2127 LookupAnyName 2128 }; 2129 2130 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2131 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2132 enum RedeclarationKind { 2133 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2134 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2135 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2136 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2137 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2138 ForRedeclaration 2139 }; 2140 2141 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2142 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2143 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2144 LOLR_Error, 2145 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2146 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2147 LOLR_Cooked, 2148 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2149 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2150 LOLR_Raw, 2151 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2152 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2153 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2154 LOLR_Template 2155 }; 2156 2157 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2158 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2159 bool ConstArg, 2160 bool VolatileArg, 2161 bool RValueThis, 2162 bool ConstThis, 2163 bool VolatileThis); 2164 2165private: 2166 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2167 2168 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2169 // 2170 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2171 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2172 llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2173 2174 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2175 /// source. 2176 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2177 2178public: 2179 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2180 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2181 /// 2182 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2183 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2184 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2185 SourceLocation Loc, 2186 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2187 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2188 = NotForRedeclaration); 2189 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2190 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2191 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2192 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2193 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2194 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2195 bool EnteringContext = false); 2196 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2197 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2198 = NotForRedeclaration); 2199 2200 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2201 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2202 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2203 2204 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2205 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2206 2207 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2208 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2209 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2210 unsigned Quals); 2211 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2212 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2213 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2214 unsigned Quals); 2215 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2216 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2217 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2218 2219 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2220 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2221 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2222 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2223 2224 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2225 SourceLocation Loc, 2226 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2227 ADLResult &Functions); 2228 2229 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2230 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2231 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2232 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2233 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2234 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2235 2236 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2237 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2238 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2239 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2240 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2241 bool EnteringContext = false, 2242 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2243 2244 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2245 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2246 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2247 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2248 2249 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2250 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2251 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2252 2253 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2254 //@} 2255 2256 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2257 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2258 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2259 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2260 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2261 SourceLocation Loc); 2262 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2263 Scope *S); 2264 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2265 2266 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2267 2268 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2269 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2270 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2271 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2272 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2273 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2274 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2275 2276 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2277 2278 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2279 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC); 2280 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2281 2282 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2283 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2284 SourceRange Range); 2285 2286 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2287 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2288 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2289 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2290 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2291 2292 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2293 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2294 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2295 2296 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2297 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2298 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2299 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2300 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2301 2302 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2303 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2304 2305 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2306 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2307 2308 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2309 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2310 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2311 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2312 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2313 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2314 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2315 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2316 2317 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2318 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2319 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2320 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2321 SourceLocation Loc); 2322 2323 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2324 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2325 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2326 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2327 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2328 2329 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2330 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2331 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2332 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2333 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2334 2335 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2336 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2337 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2338 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2339 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2340 2341 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2342 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2343 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2344 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2345 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2346 2347 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2348 /// class extensions. 2349 Decl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2350 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2351 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2352 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2353 Selector GetterSel, 2354 Selector SetterSel, 2355 const bool isAssign, 2356 const bool isReadWrite, 2357 const unsigned Attributes, 2358 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2359 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2360 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2361 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2362 2363 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2364 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2365 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2366 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2367 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2368 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2369 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2370 Selector GetterSel, 2371 Selector SetterSel, 2372 const bool isAssign, 2373 const bool isReadWrite, 2374 const unsigned Attributes, 2375 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2376 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2377 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2378 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2379 2380 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2381 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2382 /// setter or getter. 2383 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2384 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2385 2386 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2387 2388 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2389 2390 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2391 MMS_loose, 2392 MMS_strict 2393 }; 2394 2395 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2396 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2397 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2398 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2399 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2400 2401 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2402 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2403 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2404 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2405 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2406 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2407 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2408 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2409 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2410 bool ImmediateClass, 2411 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2412 2413 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2414 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2415 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2416 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2417 2418 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2419 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2420 2421private: 2422 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2423 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2424 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2425 2426 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2427 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2428 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2429 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2430 bool warn, bool instance); 2431 2432public: 2433 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2434 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2435 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2436 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2437 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2438 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2439 } 2440 2441 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2442 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2443 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2444 } 2445 2446 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2447 /// pool. 2448 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2449 2450 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2451 /// there are multiple signatures. 2452 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2453 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2454 bool warn=true) { 2455 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2456 warn, /*instance*/true); 2457 } 2458 2459 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2460 /// there are multiple signatures. 2461 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2462 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2463 bool warn=true) { 2464 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2465 warn, /*instance*/false); 2466 } 2467 2468 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2469 /// implementation. 2470 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2471 2472 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2473 /// initialization. 2474 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2475 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2476 2477 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2478 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2479public: 2480 class FullExprArg { 2481 public: 2482 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2483 2484 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2485 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2486 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2487 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2488 2489 ExprResult release() { 2490 return E; 2491 } 2492 2493 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2494 2495 Expr *operator->() { 2496 return E; 2497 } 2498 2499 private: 2500 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2501 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2502 friend class Sema; 2503 2504 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2505 2506 Expr *E; 2507 }; 2508 2509 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2510 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2511 } 2512 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2513 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2514 } 2515 2516 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(FullExprArg Expr); 2517 2518 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2519 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2520 2521 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2522 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2523 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2524 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2525 bool isStmtExpr); 2526 2527 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2528 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2529 public: 2530 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2531 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2532 } 2533 2534 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2535 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2536 } 2537 2538 private: 2539 Sema &S; 2540 }; 2541 2542 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2543 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2544 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2545 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2546 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2547 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2548 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2549 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2550 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2551 2552 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2553 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2554 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2555 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2556 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2557 2558 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2559 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2560 Stmt *SubStmt); 2561 2562 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2563 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2564 Stmt *ThenVal, 2565 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2566 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2567 Expr *Cond, 2568 Decl *CondVar); 2569 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2570 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2571 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2572 FullExprArg Cond, 2573 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2574 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2575 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2576 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2577 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2578 2579 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2580 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2581 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2582 Decl *SecondVar, 2583 FullExprArg Third, 2584 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2585 Stmt *Body); 2586 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2587 Expr *collection); 2588 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2589 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2590 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2591 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2592 2593 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2594 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2595 BFRK_Build, 2596 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2597 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2598 BFRK_Rebuild, 2599 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2600 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2601 BFRK_Check 2602 }; 2603 2604 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2605 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2606 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2607 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2608 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2609 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2610 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2611 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2612 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2613 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2614 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2615 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2616 2617 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2618 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2619 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2620 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2621 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2622 Expr *DestExp); 2623 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2624 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2625 2626 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2627 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2628 2629 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2630 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2631 2632 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2633 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2634 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2635 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2636 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2637 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2638 2639 NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc, 2640 unsigned &Size); 2641 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2642 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2643 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2644 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc); 2645 2646 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2647 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2648 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2649 bool Invalid = false); 2650 2651 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2652 2653 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2654 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2655 2656 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2657 2658 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2659 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2660 2661 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2662 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2663 Scope *CurScope); 2664 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2665 Expr *operand); 2666 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2667 Expr *SynchExpr, 2668 Stmt *SynchBody); 2669 2670 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2671 2672 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2673 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2674 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2675 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2676 2677 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2678 2679 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2680 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2681 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2682 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2683 2684 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2685 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2686 Stmt *TryBlock, 2687 Stmt *Handler); 2688 2689 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2690 Expr *FilterExpr, 2691 Stmt *Block); 2692 2693 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2694 Stmt *Block); 2695 2696 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2697 2698 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2699 2700 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2701 /// of it. 2702 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2703 2704 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2705 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2706 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2707 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2708 2709 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2710 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2711 /// 2712 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2713 /// if (condition); 2714 /// do_stuff(); 2715 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2716 const Stmt *Body, 2717 unsigned DiagID); 2718 2719 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2720 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2721 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2722 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2723 2724 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2725 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2726 } 2727 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2728 2729 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2730 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2731 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2732 } 2733 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2734 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2735 } 2736 2737 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2738 2739 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2740 SourceLocation Loc, 2741 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2742 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2743 2744 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2745 2746 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2747 StringRef message); 2748 2749 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2750 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2751 2752 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2753 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2754 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2755 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2756 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2757 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2758 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2759 SourceLocation Loc); 2760 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2761 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2762 2763 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2764 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2765 bool IsDecltype = false); 2766 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 2767 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2768 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 2769 bool IsDecltype = false); 2770 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2771 2772 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2773 2774 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2775 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2776 2777 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2778 2779 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2780 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2781 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2782 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2783 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2784 // named expressions. 2785 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D); 2786 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2787 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2788 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2789 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2790 2791 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2792 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2793 2794 enum TryCaptureKind { 2795 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2796 }; 2797 2798 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2799 /// 2800 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2801 /// 2802 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2803 /// 2804 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2805 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2806 /// 2807 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2808 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2809 /// 2810 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2811 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2812 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2813 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2814 /// 2815 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2816 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2817 /// variable can be captured. 2818 /// 2819 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 2820 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2821 /// captured. 2822 /// 2823 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2824 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2825 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2826 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2827 QualType &CaptureType, 2828 QualType &DeclRefType); 2829 2830 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2831 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2832 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2833 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2834 2835 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2836 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2837 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2838 2839 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2840 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2841 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2842 2843 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2844 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2845 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2846 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2847 bool ForceComplain = false, 2848 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2849 2850 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2851 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2852 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2853 2854 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2855 /// evaluation context. 2856 /// 2857 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 2858 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 2859 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 2860 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 2861 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2862 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2863 2864 // Primary Expressions. 2865 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2866 2867 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2868 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2869 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2870 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2871 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2872 2873 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2874 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2875 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2876 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 2877 2878 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 2879 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2880 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 2881 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 2882 2883 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 2884 IdentifierInfo *II, 2885 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 2886 2887 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2888 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2889 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2890 bool isAddressOfOperand, 2891 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2892 2893 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2894 ExprValueKind VK, 2895 SourceLocation Loc, 2896 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2897 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2898 ExprValueKind VK, 2899 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2900 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2901 ExprResult 2902 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2903 SourceLocation nameLoc, 2904 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 2905 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 2906 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 2907 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2908 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2909 LookupResult &R, 2910 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2911 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2912 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2913 LookupResult &R, 2914 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2915 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 2916 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2917 const LookupResult &R, 2918 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2919 2920 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2921 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2922 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 2923 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2924 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2925 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2926 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2927 2928 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2929 LookupResult &R, 2930 bool NeedsADL); 2931 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2932 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2933 NamedDecl *D); 2934 2935 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 2936 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 2937 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 2938 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 2939 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2940 2941 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 2942 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 2943 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2944 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2945 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 2946 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 2947 SourceLocation R, 2948 MultiExprArg Val); 2949 2950 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 2951 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 2952 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 2953 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2954 2955 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2956 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2957 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2958 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2959 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 2960 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 2961 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2962 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2963 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2964 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2965 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 2966 Expr **Exprs, 2967 unsigned NumAssocs); 2968 2969 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 2970 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 2971 Expr *InputExpr); 2972 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2973 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 2974 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2975 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 2976 2977 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2978 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2979 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2980 SourceRange R); 2981 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2982 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2983 ExprResult 2984 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2985 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2986 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 2987 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 2988 2989 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 2990 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 2991 2992 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2993 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2994 SourceRange ExprRange, 2995 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2996 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 2997 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2998 IdentifierInfo &Name, 2999 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3000 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3001 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3002 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3003 3004 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3005 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3006 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3007 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3008 3009 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3010 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3011 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3012 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3013 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3014 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3015 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3016 3017 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3018 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3019 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3020 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3021 // defines a custom operator->). 3022 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3023 Scope *S; 3024 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3025 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3026 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3027 }; 3028 3029 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3030 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3031 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3032 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3033 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3034 LookupResult &R, 3035 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3036 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3037 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3038 3039 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3040 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3041 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3042 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3043 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3044 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3045 3046 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3047 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3048 const LookupResult &R); 3049 3050 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3051 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3052 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3053 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3054 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3055 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3056 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3057 3058 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3059 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3060 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3061 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3062 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3063 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3064 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3065 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3066 3067 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3068 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3069 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3070 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3071 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3072 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3073 bool ExecConfig = false); 3074 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3075 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3076 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3077 3078 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3079 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3080 /// locations. 3081 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3082 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3083 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3084 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3085 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3086 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3087 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3088 Expr *Config = 0, 3089 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3090 3091 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3092 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3093 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3094 3095 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3096 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3097 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3098 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3099 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3100 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3101 Expr *Op); 3102 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3103 3104 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3105 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3106 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3107 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3108 3109 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3110 3111 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3112 ParsedType Ty, 3113 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3114 Expr *InitExpr); 3115 3116 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3117 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3118 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3119 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3120 3121 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3122 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3123 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3124 3125 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3126 SourceLocation Loc, 3127 bool GNUSyntax, 3128 ExprResult Init); 3129 3130 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3131 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3132 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3133 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3134 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3135 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3136 3137 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3138 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3139 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3140 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3141 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3142 3143 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3144 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3145 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3146 3147 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3148 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3149 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3150 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3151 3152 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3153 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3154 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3155 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3156 union { 3157 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3158 Expr *E; 3159 } U; 3160 }; 3161 3162 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3163 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3164 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3165 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3166 unsigned NumComponents, 3167 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3168 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3169 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3170 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3171 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3172 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3173 unsigned NumComponents, 3174 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3175 3176 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3177 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3178 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3179 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3180 3181 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3182 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3183 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3184 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3185 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3186 3187 // __null 3188 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3189 3190 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3191 3192 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3193 enum IfExistsResult { 3194 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3195 IER_Exists, 3196 3197 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3198 IER_DoesNotExist, 3199 3200 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3201 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3202 IER_Dependent, 3203 3204 /// \brief An error occurred. 3205 IER_Error 3206 }; 3207 3208 IfExistsResult 3209 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3210 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3211 3212 IfExistsResult 3213 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3214 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3215 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3216 3217 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3218 bool IsIfExists, 3219 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3220 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3221 Stmt *Nested); 3222 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3223 bool IsIfExists, 3224 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3225 Stmt *Nested); 3226 3227 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3228 3229 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3230 /// started. 3231 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3232 3233 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3234 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3235 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3236 Scope *CurScope); 3237 3238 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3239 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3240 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3241 3242 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3243 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3244 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3245 Scope *CurScope); 3246 3247 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3248 3249 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3250 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3251 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3252 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3253 3254 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3255 3256 // Act on C++ namespaces 3257 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3258 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3259 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3260 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3261 SourceLocation LBrace, 3262 AttributeList *AttrList); 3263 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3264 3265 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3266 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3267 3268 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3269 3270 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3271 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3272 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3273 3274 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3275 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3276 /// 3277 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3278 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3279 3280 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3281 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3282 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3283 3284 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3285 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3286 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3287 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3288 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3289 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3290 AttributeList *AttrList); 3291 3292 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3293 3294 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3295 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3296 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3297 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3298 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3299 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3300 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3301 3302 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3303 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3304 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3305 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3306 NamedDecl *Target); 3307 3308 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3309 bool isTypeName, 3310 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3311 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3312 const LookupResult &Previous); 3313 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3314 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3315 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3316 3317 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3318 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3319 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3320 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3321 AttributeList *AttrList, 3322 bool IsInstantiation, 3323 bool IsTypeName, 3324 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3325 3326 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3327 3328 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3329 AccessSpecifier AS, 3330 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3331 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3332 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3333 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3334 AttributeList *AttrList, 3335 bool IsTypeName, 3336 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3337 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3338 AccessSpecifier AS, 3339 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3340 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3341 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3342 TypeResult Type); 3343 3344 /// InitializeVarWithConstructor - Creates an CXXConstructExpr 3345 /// and sets it as the initializer for the passed in VarDecl. 3346 bool InitializeVarWithConstructor(VarDecl *VD, 3347 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3348 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3349 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 3350 3351 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3352 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3353 /// 3354 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3355 ExprResult 3356 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3357 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3358 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3359 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3360 3361 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3362 // the constructor can be elidable? 3363 ExprResult 3364 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3365 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3366 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3367 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3368 SourceRange ParenRange); 3369 3370 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3371 /// the default expr if needed. 3372 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3373 FunctionDecl *FD, 3374 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3375 3376 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3377 /// constructed variable. 3378 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3379 3380 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3381 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3382 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3383 // Pointer to allow copying 3384 Sema *Self; 3385 // We order exception specifications thus: 3386 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3387 // throw() comes next. 3388 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3389 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3390 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3391 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3392 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3393 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3394 3395 void ClearExceptions() { 3396 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3397 Exceptions.clear(); 3398 } 3399 3400 public: 3401 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3402 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3403 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) 3404 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3405 } 3406 3407 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3408 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3409 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3410 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3411 return ComputedEST; 3412 } 3413 3414 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3415 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3416 3417 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3418 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3419 3420 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3421 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3422 3423 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3424 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3425 3426 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3427 /// computed exception specification. 3428 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3429 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3430 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3431 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3432 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3433 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3434 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3435 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3436 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3437 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3438 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3439 tok::kw_false).take(); 3440 } 3441 } 3442 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3443 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3444 getEPI(EPI); 3445 return EPI; 3446 } 3447 }; 3448 3449 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3450 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3451 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3452 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3453 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3454 3455 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3456 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3457 /// will be const. 3458 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3459 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3460 3461 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3462 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3463 /// parameter will be const. 3464 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3465 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3466 3467 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3468 /// constructor of a class will have. 3469 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3470 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3471 3472 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3473 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3474 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3475 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3476 3477 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3478 /// destructor of a class will have. 3479 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3480 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3481 3482 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3483 /// special member function. 3484 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3485 3486 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3487 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3488 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3489 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3490 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3491 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3492 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3493 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3494 3495 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3496 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3497 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3498 bool Diagnose = false); 3499 3500 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3501 /// 3502 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3503 /// default constructor will be added. 3504 /// 3505 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3506 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3507 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3508 3509 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3510 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3511 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3512 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3513 3514 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3515 /// 3516 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3517 /// destructor will be added. 3518 /// 3519 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3520 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3521 3522 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3523 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3524 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3525 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3526 3527 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3528 /// 3529 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3530 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3531 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3532 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3533 3534 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3535 /// 3536 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3537 /// constructors will be added. 3538 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3539 3540 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3541 /// 3542 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3543 /// copy constructor will be added. 3544 /// 3545 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3546 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3547 3548 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3549 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3550 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3551 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3552 3553 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3554 /// 3555 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3556 /// move constructor will be added. 3557 /// 3558 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3559 /// declared. 3560 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3561 3562 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3563 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3564 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3565 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3566 3567 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3568 /// 3569 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3570 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3571 /// 3572 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3573 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3574 3575 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3576 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3577 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3578 3579 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3580 /// 3581 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3582 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3583 /// 3584 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3585 /// wasn't declared. 3586 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3587 3588 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3589 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3590 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3591 3592 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3593 /// class. 3594 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3595 3596 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3597 /// special member function. 3598 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3599 3600 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3601 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3602 /// 3603 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3604 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3605 3606 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3607 /// member function. 3608 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3609 3610 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3611 /// static member function. 3612 /// 3613 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3614 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3615 3616 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3617 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3618 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3619 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3620 3621 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3622 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3623 SourceLocation Loc, 3624 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3625 bool AllowExplicit = false); 3626 3627 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3628 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3629 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3630 ParsedType ObjectType, 3631 bool EnteringContext); 3632 3633 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3634 3635 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3636 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3637 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3638 3639 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3640 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3641 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3642 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3643 Declarator &D, 3644 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3645 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3646 Expr *E, 3647 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3648 3649 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3650 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3651 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3652 Expr *E, 3653 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3654 SourceRange Parens); 3655 3656 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3657 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3658 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3659 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3660 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3661 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3662 Expr *Operand, 3663 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3664 3665 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3666 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3667 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3668 void *TyOrExpr, 3669 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3670 3671 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3672 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3673 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3674 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3675 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3676 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3677 Expr *Operand, 3678 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3679 3680 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3681 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3682 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3683 void *TyOrExpr, 3684 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3685 3686 3687 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3688 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3689 3690 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3691 /// 3692 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3693 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3694 3695 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3696 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3697 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3698 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3699 3700 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3701 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3702 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3703 Sema &S; 3704 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3705 bool Enabled; 3706 3707 public: 3708 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3709 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3710 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3711 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3712 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3713 bool Enabled = true); 3714 3715 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3716 }; 3717 3718 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3719 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3720 /// 3721 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3722 /// 3723 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3724 /// capture list. 3725 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3726 3727 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3728 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3729 /// being defined. 3730 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3731 3732 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3733 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3734 3735 3736 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3737 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3738 3739 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3740 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3741 3742 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3743 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3744 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3745 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3746 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3747 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3748 3749 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3750 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3751 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3752 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3753 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3754 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3755 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3756 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3757 3758 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3759 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3760 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3761 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3762 3763 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3764 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3765 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3766 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3767 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3768 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3769 Expr *Initializer); 3770 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 3771 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3772 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3773 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3774 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3775 QualType AllocType, 3776 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3777 Expr *ArraySize, 3778 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3779 Expr *Initializer, 3780 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3781 3782 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3783 SourceRange R); 3784 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3785 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3786 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3787 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3788 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3789 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3790 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3791 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3792 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3793 bool Diagnose = true); 3794 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3795 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3796 QualType Argument, 3797 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3798 3799 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3800 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3801 bool Diagnose = true); 3802 3803 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3804 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3805 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3806 Expr *Operand); 3807 3808 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3809 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3810 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3811 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3812 3813 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3814 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3815 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3816 SourceLocation RParen); 3817 3818 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3819 /// pseudo-functions. 3820 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3821 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3822 ParsedType Ty, 3823 SourceLocation RParen); 3824 3825 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3826 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3827 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3828 SourceLocation RParen); 3829 3830 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3831 /// pseudo-functions. 3832 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3833 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3834 ParsedType LhsTy, 3835 ParsedType RhsTy, 3836 SourceLocation RParen); 3837 3838 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3839 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3840 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3841 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3842 SourceLocation RParen); 3843 3844 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3845 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3846 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3847 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3848 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3849 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3850 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3851 3852 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3853 /// pseudo-functions. 3854 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3855 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3856 ParsedType LhsTy, 3857 Expr *DimExpr, 3858 SourceLocation RParen); 3859 3860 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3861 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3862 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3863 Expr *DimExpr, 3864 SourceLocation RParen); 3865 3866 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3867 /// pseudo-functions. 3868 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3869 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3870 Expr *Queried, 3871 SourceLocation RParen); 3872 3873 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3874 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3875 Expr *Queried, 3876 SourceLocation RParen); 3877 3878 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3879 Expr *Base, 3880 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3881 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3882 ParsedType &ObjectType, 3883 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 3884 3885 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 3886 3887 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 3888 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3889 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3890 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3891 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 3892 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3893 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3894 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 3895 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3896 3897 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3898 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3899 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3900 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3901 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 3902 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3903 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3904 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 3905 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3906 3907 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3908 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3909 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3910 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3911 const DeclSpec& DS, 3912 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3913 3914 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 3915 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 3916 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 3917 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 3918 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 3919 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 3920 3921 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 3922 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 3923 : SourceLocation()); 3924 } 3925 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC); 3926 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 3927 3928 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 3929 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 3930 3931 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 3932 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3933 bool EnteringContext = false); 3934 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3935 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3936 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3937 3938 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 3939 /// 3940 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3941 /// 3942 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3943 /// 3944 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 3945 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 3946 /// 3947 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3948 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 3949 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3950 3951 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD); 3952 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3953 3954 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3955 SourceLocation IdLoc, 3956 IdentifierInfo &II, 3957 ParsedType ObjectType); 3958 3959 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3960 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3961 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3962 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3963 QualType ObjectType, 3964 bool EnteringContext, 3965 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3966 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 3967 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 3968 3969 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 3970 /// 3971 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3972 /// 3973 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 3974 /// 3975 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 3976 /// 3977 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3978 /// 3979 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 3980 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 3981 /// 3982 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 3983 /// this nested-name-specifier. 3984 /// 3985 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3986 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3987 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3988 /// including this new type). 3989 /// 3990 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3991 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3992 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3993 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3994 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3995 ParsedType ObjectType, 3996 bool EnteringContext, 3997 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3998 3999 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4000 4001 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4002 const DeclSpec &DS, 4003 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4004 4005 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4006 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4007 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4008 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4009 ParsedType ObjectType, 4010 bool EnteringContext); 4011 4012 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4013 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4014 /// 4015 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4016 /// 4017 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4018 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4019 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4020 /// including this new type). 4021 /// 4022 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4023 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4024 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4025 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4026 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4027 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4028 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4029 /// 4030 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4031 /// nested-name-specifier. 4032 /// 4033 /// 4034 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4035 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4036 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4037 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4038 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4039 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4040 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4041 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4042 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4043 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4044 bool EnteringContext); 4045 4046 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4047 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4048 /// nested-name-specifier. 4049 /// 4050 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4051 /// 4052 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4053 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4054 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4055 4056 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4057 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4058 /// 4059 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4060 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4061 /// 4062 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4063 /// 4064 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4065 /// of the annotation pointer. 4066 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4067 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4068 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4069 4070 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4071 4072 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4073 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4074 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4075 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4076 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4077 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4078 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4079 4080 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4081 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4082 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4083 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4084 /// defining scope. 4085 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4086 4087 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4088 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4089 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4090 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4091 /// class X. 4092 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4093 4094 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4095 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4096 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4097 4098 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4099 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4100 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4101 bool KnownDependent); 4102 4103 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4104 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4105 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4106 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4107 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4108 llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4109 4110 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4111 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4112 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4113 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4114 bool ExplicitParams, 4115 bool ExplicitResultType, 4116 bool Mutable); 4117 4118 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4119 /// given lambda. 4120 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4121 4122 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4123 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4124 4125 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4126 /// statements present in the body. 4127 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4128 4129 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4130 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4131 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4132 /// lambda. 4133 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4134 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4135 4136 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4137 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4138 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4139 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4140 4141 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4142 /// was successfully completed. 4143 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4144 Scope *CurScope, 4145 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4146 4147 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4148 /// function pointer. 4149 /// 4150 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4151 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4152 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4153 /// block pointer conversion. 4154 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4155 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4156 4157 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4158 /// block pointer. 4159 /// 4160 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4161 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4162 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4163 /// block pointer conversion. 4164 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4165 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4166 4167 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4168 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4169 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4170 Expr *Src); 4171 4172 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4173 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4174 Expr **Strings, 4175 unsigned NumStrings); 4176 4177 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4178 4179 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4180 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4181 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4182 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4183 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4184 bool Value); 4185 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4186 4187 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4188 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4189 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4190 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4191 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4192 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4193 4194 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4195 Expr *IndexExpr, 4196 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4197 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4198 4199 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4200 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4201 unsigned NumElements); 4202 4203 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4204 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4205 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4206 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4207 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4208 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4209 4210 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4211 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4212 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4213 ParsedType Ty, 4214 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4215 4216 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4217 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4218 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4219 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4220 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4221 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4222 4223 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4224 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4225 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4226 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4227 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4228 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4229 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4230 4231 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4232 // C++ Declarations 4233 // 4234 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4235 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4236 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4237 StringRef Lang, 4238 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4239 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4240 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4241 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4242 4243 4244 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4245 // C++ Classes 4246 // 4247 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4248 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4249 4250 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4251 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4252 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4253 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4254 4255 Decl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4256 Declarator &D, 4257 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4258 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4259 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4260 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4261 Expr *Init); 4262 4263 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4264 Scope *S, 4265 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4266 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4267 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4268 const DeclSpec &DS, 4269 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4270 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4271 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4272 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4273 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4274 4275 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4276 Scope *S, 4277 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4278 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4279 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4280 const DeclSpec &DS, 4281 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4282 Expr *InitList, 4283 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4284 4285 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4286 Scope *S, 4287 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4288 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4289 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4290 const DeclSpec &DS, 4291 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4292 Expr *Init, 4293 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4294 4295 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4296 Expr *Init, 4297 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4298 4299 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4300 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4301 Expr *Init, 4302 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4303 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4304 4305 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4306 Expr *Init, 4307 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4308 4309 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4310 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4311 4312 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4313 CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers, 4314 unsigned NumInitializers, bool AnyErrors); 4315 4316 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4317 4318 4319 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4320 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4321 /// referenced. 4322 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4323 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4324 4325 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4326 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4327 /// first use occurred. 4328 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4329 4330 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4331 /// materialized. 4332 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4333 4334 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4335 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4336 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4337 /// by code generation). 4338 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4339 4340 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4341 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4342 4343 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4344 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4345 DynamicClassesType; 4346 4347 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4348 /// unit. 4349 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4350 4351 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4352 /// given location. 4353 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4354 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4355 4356 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4357 /// in the given class as needed. 4358 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4359 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4360 4361 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4362 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4363 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4364 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4365 4366 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4367 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4368 /// vtables. 4369 /// 4370 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4371 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4372 4373 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4374 4375 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4376 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4377 CXXCtorInitializer **MemInits, 4378 unsigned NumMemInits, 4379 bool AnyErrors); 4380 4381 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4382 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4383 Decl *TagDecl, 4384 SourceLocation LBrac, 4385 SourceLocation RBrac, 4386 AttributeList *AttrList); 4387 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4388 4389 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4390 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4391 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4392 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4393 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4394 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4395 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4396 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4397 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4398 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4399 4400 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4401 Expr *AssertExpr, 4402 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4403 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4404 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4405 Expr *AssertExpr, 4406 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4407 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4408 bool Failed); 4409 4410 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4411 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4412 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4413 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4414 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4415 Decl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4416 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4417 4418 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4419 StorageClass& SC); 4420 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4421 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4422 StorageClass& SC); 4423 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4424 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4425 StorageClass& SC); 4426 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4427 4428 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMethods(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4429 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4430 4431 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4432 // C++ Derived Classes 4433 // 4434 4435 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4436 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4437 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4438 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4439 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4440 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4441 4442 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4443 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4444 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4445 ParsedType basetype, 4446 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4447 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4448 4449 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4450 unsigned NumBases); 4451 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4452 unsigned NumBases); 4453 4454 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4455 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4456 4457 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4458 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4459 4460 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4461 4462 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4463 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4464 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4465 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4466 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4467 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4468 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4469 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4470 DeclarationName Name, 4471 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4472 4473 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4474 4475 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4476 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4477 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4478 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4479 4480 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4481 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4482 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4483 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4484 4485 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4486 4487 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4488 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4489 4490 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4491 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4492 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4493 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4494 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4495 4496 4497 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4498 // C++ Access Control 4499 // 4500 4501 enum AccessResult { 4502 AR_accessible, 4503 AR_inaccessible, 4504 AR_dependent, 4505 AR_delayed 4506 }; 4507 4508 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4509 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4510 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4511 4512 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4513 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4514 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4515 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4516 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4517 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4518 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4519 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4520 bool Diagnose = true); 4521 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4522 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4523 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4524 AccessSpecifier Access, 4525 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4526 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4527 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4528 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4529 AccessSpecifier Access, 4530 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4531 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4532 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4533 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4534 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4535 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4536 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4537 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4538 Expr *ArgExpr, 4539 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4540 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4541 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4542 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4543 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4544 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4545 unsigned DiagID, 4546 bool ForceCheck = false, 4547 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4548 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4549 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4550 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4551 AccessSpecifier access, 4552 QualType objectType); 4553 4554 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4555 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4556 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4557 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4558 4559 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4560 4561 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4562 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4563 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4564 4565 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4566 AbstractNone = -1, 4567 AbstractReturnType, 4568 AbstractParamType, 4569 AbstractVariableType, 4570 AbstractFieldType, 4571 AbstractIvarType, 4572 AbstractArrayType 4573 }; 4574 4575 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4576 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4577 template<typename T1> 4578 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4579 unsigned DiagID, 4580 const T1 &Arg1) { 4581 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4582 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4583 } 4584 4585 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4586 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4587 unsigned DiagID, 4588 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4589 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4590 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4591 } 4592 4593 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4594 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4595 unsigned DiagID, 4596 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4597 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4598 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4599 } 4600 4601 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4602 4603 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4604 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4605 4606 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4607 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4608 // 4609 4610 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4611 4612 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4613 4614 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4615 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4616 // 4617 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4618 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4619 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4620 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4621 4622 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4623 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4624 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4625 4626 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4627 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4628 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4629 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4630 ParsedType ObjectType, 4631 bool EnteringContext, 4632 TemplateTy &Template, 4633 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4634 4635 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4636 SourceLocation IILoc, 4637 Scope *S, 4638 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4639 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4640 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4641 4642 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4643 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4644 4645 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4646 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4647 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4648 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4649 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4650 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4651 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4652 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4653 4654 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4655 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4656 unsigned Depth, 4657 unsigned Position, 4658 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4659 Expr *DefaultArg); 4660 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4661 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4662 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4663 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4664 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4665 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4666 unsigned Depth, 4667 unsigned Position, 4668 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4669 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4670 4671 TemplateParameterList * 4672 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4673 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4674 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4675 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4676 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4677 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4678 4679 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4680 /// list. 4681 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4682 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4683 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4684 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4685 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4686 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4687 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4688 }; 4689 4690 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4691 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4692 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4693 TemplateParameterList * 4694 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4695 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4696 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4697 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4698 unsigned NumParamLists, 4699 bool IsFriend, 4700 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4701 bool &Invalid); 4702 4703 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4704 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4705 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4706 AttributeList *Attr, 4707 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4708 AccessSpecifier AS, 4709 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4710 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4711 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4712 4713 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4714 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4715 4716 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4717 4718 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4719 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4720 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4721 4722 TypeResult 4723 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4724 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4725 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4726 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4727 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4728 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4729 4730 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4731 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4732 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4733 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4734 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4735 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4736 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4737 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4738 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4739 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4740 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4741 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4742 4743 4744 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4745 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4746 LookupResult &R, 4747 bool RequiresADL, 4748 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4749 4750 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4751 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4752 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4753 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4754 4755 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4756 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4757 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4758 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4759 ParsedType ObjectType, 4760 bool EnteringContext, 4761 TemplateTy &Template); 4762 4763 DeclResult 4764 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4765 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4766 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4767 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4768 TemplateTy Template, 4769 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4770 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4771 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4772 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4773 AttributeList *Attr, 4774 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4775 4776 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4777 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4778 Declarator &D); 4779 4780 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4781 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4782 Declarator &D); 4783 4784 bool 4785 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4786 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4787 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4788 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4789 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4790 bool &SuppressNew); 4791 4792 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4793 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4794 LookupResult &Previous); 4795 4796 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4797 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4798 LookupResult &Previous); 4799 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4800 4801 DeclResult 4802 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4803 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4804 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4805 unsigned TagSpec, 4806 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4807 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4808 TemplateTy Template, 4809 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4810 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4811 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4812 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4813 AttributeList *Attr); 4814 4815 DeclResult 4816 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4817 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4818 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4819 unsigned TagSpec, 4820 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4821 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4822 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4823 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4824 AttributeList *Attr); 4825 4826 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4827 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4828 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4829 Declarator &D); 4830 4831 TemplateArgumentLoc 4832 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4833 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4834 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4835 Decl *Param, 4836 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4837 4838 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4839 /// argument is being checked. 4840 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4841 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4842 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4843 CTAK_Specified, 4844 4845 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4846 /// deduction. 4847 CTAK_Deduced, 4848 4849 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4850 /// via template argument deduction. 4851 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4852 }; 4853 4854 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4855 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4856 NamedDecl *Template, 4857 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4858 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4859 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4860 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4861 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4862 4863 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4864 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4865 /// 4866 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4867 /// provided. 4868 /// 4869 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4870 /// 4871 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4872 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4873 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 4874 /// arguments. 4875 /// 4876 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 4877 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 4878 /// set of template arguments. 4879 /// 4880 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 4881 /// arguments. 4882 /// 4883 /// 4884 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 4885 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 4886 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 4887 /// 4888 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4889 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 4890 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4891 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 4892 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 4893 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4894 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 4895 4896 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4897 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4898 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4899 4900 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4901 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 4902 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4903 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 4904 TemplateArgument &Converted, 4905 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4906 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4907 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4908 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 4909 4910 ExprResult 4911 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4912 QualType ParamType, 4913 SourceLocation Loc); 4914 ExprResult 4915 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4916 SourceLocation Loc); 4917 4918 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 4919 /// for equality. 4920 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 4921 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 4922 /// that might be redeclarations. 4923 /// 4924 /// \code 4925 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4926 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4927 /// \endcode 4928 TPL_TemplateMatch, 4929 4930 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 4931 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 4932 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 4933 /// 4934 /// \code 4935 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 4936 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 4937 /// \endcode 4938 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 4939 4940 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 4941 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 4942 /// template parameter. 4943 /// 4944 /// \code 4945 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 4946 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 4947 /// X<integer_c> xic; 4948 /// \endcode 4949 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 4950 }; 4951 4952 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 4953 TemplateParameterList *Old, 4954 bool Complain, 4955 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 4956 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 4957 = SourceLocation()); 4958 4959 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 4960 4961 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4962 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 4963 /// 4964 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4965 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4966 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4967 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 4968 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 4969 TypeResult 4970 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4971 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 4972 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4973 4974 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4975 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 4976 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 4977 /// 4978 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4979 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4980 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4981 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4982 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 4983 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4984 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4985 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4986 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4987 TypeResult 4988 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4989 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4990 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4991 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4992 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4993 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4994 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4995 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4996 4997 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 4998 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 4999 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5000 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5001 SourceLocation IILoc); 5002 5003 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5004 SourceLocation Loc, 5005 DeclarationName Name); 5006 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5007 5008 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5009 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5010 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5011 5012 std::string 5013 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5014 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5015 5016 std::string 5017 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5018 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5019 unsigned NumArgs); 5020 5021 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5022 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5023 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5024 5025 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5026 /// being diagnosed. 5027 /// 5028 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5029 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5030 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5031 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5032 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5033 5034 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5035 UPPC_BaseType, 5036 5037 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5038 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5039 5040 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5041 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5042 5043 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5044 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5045 5046 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5047 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5048 5049 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5050 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5051 5052 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5053 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5054 5055 /// \brief A using declaration. 5056 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5057 5058 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5059 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5060 5061 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5062 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5063 5064 /// \brief An initializer. 5065 UPPC_Initializer, 5066 5067 /// \brief A default argument. 5068 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5069 5070 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5071 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5072 5073 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5074 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5075 5076 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5077 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5078 5079 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5080 UPPC_IfExists, 5081 5082 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5083 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5084 5085 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5086 UPPC_Lambda, 5087 5088 /// \brief Block expression, 5089 UPPC_Block 5090}; 5091 5092 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5093 /// 5094 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5095 /// 5096 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5097 /// parameter packs. 5098 /// 5099 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5100 /// 5101 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5102 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5103 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5104 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5105 5106 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5107 /// diagnose the error. 5108 /// 5109 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5110 /// 5111 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5112 /// packs. 5113 /// 5114 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5115 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5116 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5117 5118 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5119 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5120 /// 5121 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5122 /// parameter packs. 5123 /// 5124 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5125 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5126 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5127 5128 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5129 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5130 /// 5131 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5132 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5133 /// 5134 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5135 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5136 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5137 5138 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5139 /// diagnose the error. 5140 /// 5141 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5142 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5143 /// 5144 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5145 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5146 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5147 5148 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5149 /// diagnose the error. 5150 /// 5151 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5152 /// 5153 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5154 /// parameter packs. 5155 /// 5156 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5157 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5158 TemplateName Template, 5159 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5160 5161 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5162 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5163 /// 5164 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5165 /// parameter packs. 5166 /// 5167 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5168 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5169 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5170 5171 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5172 /// template argument. 5173 /// 5174 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5175 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5176 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5177 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5178 5179 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5180 /// template argument. 5181 /// 5182 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5183 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5184 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5185 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5186 5187 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5188 /// type. 5189 /// 5190 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5191 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5192 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5193 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5194 5195 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5196 /// type. 5197 /// 5198 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5199 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5200 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5201 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5202 5203 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5204 /// nested-name-specifier. 5205 /// 5206 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5207 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5208 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5209 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5210 5211 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5212 /// name. 5213 /// 5214 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5215 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5216 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5217 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5218 5219 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5220 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5221 /// 5222 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5223 /// may already be invalid. 5224 /// 5225 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5226 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5227 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5228 5229 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5230 /// creates a pack expansion. 5231 /// 5232 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5233 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5234 /// 5235 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5236 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5237 5238 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5239 /// expansion. 5240 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5241 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5242 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5243 5244 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5245 /// expansion. 5246 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5247 SourceRange PatternRange, 5248 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5249 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5250 5251 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5252 /// creates a pack expansion. 5253 /// 5254 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5255 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5256 /// 5257 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5258 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5259 5260 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5261 /// creates a pack expansion. 5262 /// 5263 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5264 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5265 /// 5266 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5267 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5268 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5269 5270 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5271 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5272 /// transforming the pattern. 5273 /// 5274 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5275 /// pack expansion. 5276 /// 5277 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5278 /// the pack expansion. 5279 /// 5280 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5281 /// pattern. 5282 /// 5283 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5284 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5285 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5286 /// 5287 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5288 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5289 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5290 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5291 /// 5292 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5293 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5294 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5295 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5296 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5297 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5298 /// set this value in other cases. 5299 /// 5300 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5301 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5302 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5303 /// must be set. 5304 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5305 SourceRange PatternRange, 5306 llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5307 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5308 bool &ShouldExpand, 5309 bool &RetainExpansion, 5310 llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5311 5312 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5313 /// type. 5314 /// 5315 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5316 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5317 /// 5318 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5319 llvm::Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5320 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5321 5322 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5323 /// parameter packs. 5324 /// 5325 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5326 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5327 /// 5328 /// \code 5329 /// void f(T...); 5330 /// \endcode 5331 /// 5332 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5333 /// a variadic function. 5334 /// 5335 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5336 /// false otherwise. 5337 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5338 5339 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5340 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5341 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5342 5343 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5344 /// 5345 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5346 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5347 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5348 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5349 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5350 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5351 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5352 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5353 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5354 TDK_Success = 0, 5355 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5356 TDK_Invalid, 5357 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5358 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5359 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5360 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5361 /// for every template parameter. 5362 TDK_Incomplete, 5363 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5364 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5365 TDK_Inconsistent, 5366 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5367 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5368 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5369 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5370 TDK_Underqualified, 5371 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5372 /// resulted in an error. 5373 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5374 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5375 /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that 5376 /// produces a type that does not match the original template 5377 /// arguments provided. 5378 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5379 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5380 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5381 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5382 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5383 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5384 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5385 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5386 /// template arguments for the given template. 5387 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5388 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5389 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5390 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution 5391 }; 5392 5393 TemplateDeductionResult 5394 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5395 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5396 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5397 5398 TemplateDeductionResult 5399 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5400 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5401 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5402 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5403 QualType *FunctionType, 5404 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5405 5406 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5407 // deduction for a call. 5408 struct OriginalCallArg { 5409 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5410 unsigned ArgIdx, 5411 QualType OriginalArgType) 5412 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5413 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5414 5415 QualType OriginalParamType; 5416 unsigned ArgIdx; 5417 QualType OriginalArgType; 5418 }; 5419 5420 TemplateDeductionResult 5421 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5422 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5423 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5424 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5425 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5426 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5427 5428 TemplateDeductionResult 5429 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5430 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5431 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5432 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5433 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5434 5435 TemplateDeductionResult 5436 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5437 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5438 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5439 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5440 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5441 5442 TemplateDeductionResult 5443 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5444 QualType ToType, 5445 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5446 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5447 5448 TemplateDeductionResult 5449 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5450 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5451 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5452 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5453 5454 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5455 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5456 DAR_Succeeded, 5457 DAR_Failed, 5458 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5459 }; 5460 5461 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5462 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5463 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5464 5465 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5466 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5467 SourceLocation Loc, 5468 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5469 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5470 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5471 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5472 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5473 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5474 SourceLocation Loc, 5475 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5476 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5477 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5478 bool Complain = true, 5479 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5480 5481 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5482 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5483 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5484 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5485 SourceLocation Loc); 5486 5487 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5488 bool OnlyDeduced, 5489 unsigned Depth, 5490 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5491 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5492 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5493 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5494 } 5495 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5496 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5497 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5498 5499 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5500 // C++ Template Instantiation 5501 // 5502 5503 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5504 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5505 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5506 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5507 5508 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5509 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5510 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5511 enum InstantiationKind { 5512 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5513 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5514 TemplateInstantiation, 5515 5516 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5517 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5518 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5519 /// arguments as specified. 5520 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5521 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5522 5523 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5524 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5525 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5526 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5527 5528 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5529 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5530 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5531 5532 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5533 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5534 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5535 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5536 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5537 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5538 5539 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5540 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5541 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5542 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5543 5544 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5545 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5546 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5547 5548 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5549 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5550 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5551 } Kind; 5552 5553 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5554 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5555 5556 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5557 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5558 /// arguments. 5559 NamedDecl *Template; 5560 5561 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5562 Decl *Entity; 5563 5564 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5565 /// are not part of the entity. 5566 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5567 5568 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5569 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5570 5571 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5572 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5573 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5574 5575 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5576 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5577 /// template instantiation. 5578 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5579 5580 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5581 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5582 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5583 5584 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5585 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5586 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5587 5588 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5589 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5590 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5591 return false; 5592 5593 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5594 return false; 5595 5596 switch (X.Kind) { 5597 case TemplateInstantiation: 5598 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5599 return true; 5600 5601 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5602 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5603 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5604 return false; 5605 5606 // Fall through 5607 5608 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5609 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5610 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5611 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5612 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5613 5614 } 5615 5616 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5617 } 5618 5619 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5620 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5621 return !(X == Y); 5622 } 5623 }; 5624 5625 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5626 /// 5627 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5628 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5629 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5630 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5631 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5632 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5633 5634 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5635 /// template instantiation. 5636 /// 5637 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5638 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5639 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5640 5641 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5642 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5643 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5644 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5645 5646 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5647 /// error or warning was produced. 5648 /// 5649 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5650 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5651 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5652 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5653 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5654 5655 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5656 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5657 /// 5658 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5659 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5660 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5661 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5662 5663 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5664 /// within a \c Sema object. 5665 /// 5666 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5667 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5668 Sema &Self; 5669 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5670 5671 public: 5672 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5673 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5674 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5675 } 5676 5677 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5678 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5679 } 5680 }; 5681 5682 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5683 5684 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5685 /// 5686 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5687 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5688 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5689 5690 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5691 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5692 /// deduction. 5693 /// 5694 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5695 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5696 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5697 5698 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5699 /// instantiation. 5700 /// 5701 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5702 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5703 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5704 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5705 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5706 /// 5707 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5708 /// the stack. 5709 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5710 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5711 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5712 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5713 Decl *Entity, 5714 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5715 5716 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5717 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5718 /// of a function template. 5719 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5720 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5721 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5722 5723 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5724 /// template-id. 5725 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5726 TemplateDecl *Template, 5727 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5728 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5729 5730 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5731 /// template-id. 5732 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5733 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5734 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5735 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5736 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5737 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5738 5739 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5740 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5741 /// specialization. 5742 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5743 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5744 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5745 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5746 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5747 5748 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5749 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5750 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5751 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5752 5753 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5754 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5755 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5756 NamedDecl *Template, 5757 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5758 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5759 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5760 5761 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5762 NamedDecl *Template, 5763 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5764 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5765 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5766 5767 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5768 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5769 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5770 TemplateDecl *Template, 5771 NamedDecl *Param, 5772 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5773 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5774 5775 5776 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5777 void Clear(); 5778 5779 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5780 5781 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5782 /// recursive template instantiations. 5783 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5784 5785 private: 5786 Sema &SemaRef; 5787 bool Invalid; 5788 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5789 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5790 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5791 5792 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5793 5794 InstantiatingTemplate& 5795 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5796 }; 5797 5798 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5799 5800 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5801 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5802 /// errors. 5803 /// 5804 /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5805 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5806 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5807 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5808 llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5809 5810 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 5811 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 5812 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 5813 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 5814 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 5815 return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated; 5816 } 5817 5818 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5819 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5820 /// deduction.` 5821 class SFINAETrap { 5822 Sema &SemaRef; 5823 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5824 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5825 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5826 5827 public: 5828 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5829 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5830 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5831 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5832 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5833 { 5834 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5835 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5836 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5837 } 5838 5839 ~SFINAETrap() { 5840 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5841 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5842 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5843 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5844 } 5845 5846 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5847 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5848 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5849 } 5850 }; 5851 5852 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5853 /// variables. 5854 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5855 5856 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5857 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5858 5859 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5860 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5861 5862 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5863 /// name lookup. 5864 /// 5865 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5866 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5867 /// string represents a keyword. 5868 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5869 5870 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5871 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5872 5873 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 5874 /// 5875 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 5876 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 5877 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 5878 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 5879 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 5880 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 5881 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 5882 5883 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5884 /// but have not yet been performed. 5885 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 5886 5887 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5888 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 5889 /// 5890 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 5891 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 5892 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 5893 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 5894 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 5895 5896 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 5897 5898 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5899 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5900 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5901 5902 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 5903 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5904 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5905 5906 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 5907 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5908 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5909 5910 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5911 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5912 SourceLocation Loc, 5913 DeclarationName Entity, 5914 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 5915 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 5916 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 5917 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5918 int indexAdjustment, 5919 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 5920 bool ExpectParameterPack); 5921 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 5922 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 5923 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5924 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5925 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 5926 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 5927 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5928 5929 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 5930 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 5931 /// 5932 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 5933 /// 5934 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 5935 /// 5936 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 5937 /// default arguments will be dropped. 5938 /// 5939 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 5940 /// 5941 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 5942 /// 5943 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5944 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 5945 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5946 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 5947 5948 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 5949 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5950 5951 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 5952 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5953 5954 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 5955 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5956 bool CXXDirectInit); 5957 5958 bool 5959 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5960 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5961 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5962 5963 bool 5964 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5965 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5966 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5967 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5968 bool Complain = true); 5969 5970 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5971 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 5972 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5973 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5974 5975 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 5976 const Attr *TmplAttr; 5977 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 5978 Decl *NewDecl; 5979 5980 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 5981 Decl *D) 5982 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 5983 { } 5984 }; 5985 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 5986 5987 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5988 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 5989 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 5990 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 5991 5992 bool 5993 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5994 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5995 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5996 bool Complain = true); 5997 5998 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5999 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6000 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6001 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6002 6003 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6004 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6005 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6006 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6007 6008 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6009 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6010 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6011 6012 DeclarationNameInfo 6013 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6014 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6015 TemplateName 6016 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6017 SourceLocation Loc, 6018 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6019 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6020 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6021 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6022 6023 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6024 FunctionDecl *Function); 6025 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6026 FunctionDecl *Function, 6027 bool Recursive = false, 6028 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6029 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6030 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6031 VarDecl *Var, 6032 bool Recursive = false, 6033 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6034 6035 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6036 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6037 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6038 6039 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6040 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6041 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6042 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6043 6044 // Objective-C declarations. 6045 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6046 OCK_None = -1, 6047 OCK_Interface = 0, 6048 OCK_Protocol, 6049 OCK_Category, 6050 OCK_ClassExtension, 6051 OCK_Implementation, 6052 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6053 }; 6054 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6055 6056 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6057 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6058 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6059 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6060 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6061 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6062 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6063 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6064 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6065 AttributeList *AttrList); 6066 6067 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6068 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6069 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6070 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6071 6072 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6073 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6074 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6075 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6076 6077 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6078 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6079 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6080 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6081 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6082 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6083 AttributeList *AttrList); 6084 6085 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6086 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6087 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6088 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6089 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6090 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6091 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6092 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6093 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6094 6095 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6096 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6097 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6098 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6099 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6100 6101 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6102 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6103 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6104 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6105 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6106 6107 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6108 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6109 6110 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6111 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6112 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6113 unsigned NumElts); 6114 6115 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6116 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6117 unsigned NumElts, 6118 AttributeList *attrList); 6119 6120 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6121 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6122 unsigned NumProtocols, 6123 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6124 6125 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6126 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6127 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6128 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6129 SourceLocation Loc, 6130 unsigned &Attributes, 6131 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6132 6133 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6134 /// setters and getters as needed. 6135 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6136 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6137 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6138 /// in class extension. 6139 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6140 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6141 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6142 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6143 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6144 6145 6146 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6147 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6148 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6149 void ComparePropertiesInBaseAndSuper(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 6150 6151 6152 void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols); 6153 6154 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6155 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6156 6157 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6158 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6159 6160 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6161 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6162 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6163 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6164 6165 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6166 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6167 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6168 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6169 bool *OverridingProperty, 6170 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6171 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6172 6173 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6174 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6175 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6176 bool ImplKind, 6177 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6178 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6179 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6180 6181 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6182 OSMK_None, 6183 OSMK_Alloc, 6184 OSMK_New, 6185 OSMK_Copy, 6186 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6187 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6188 }; 6189 6190 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6191 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6192 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6193 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6194 // in this case. 6195 ParsedType Type; 6196 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6197 6198 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6199 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6200 }; 6201 6202 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6203 Scope *S, 6204 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6205 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6206 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6207 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6208 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6209 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6210 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6211 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6212 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6213 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6214 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6215 6216 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6217 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6218 bool IsInstance); 6219 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6220 bool IsInstance); 6221 6222 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6223 6224 ExprResult 6225 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6226 Expr *BaseExpr, 6227 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6228 DeclarationName MemberName, 6229 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6230 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6231 bool Super); 6232 6233 ExprResult 6234 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6235 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6236 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6237 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6238 6239 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6240 6241 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6242 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6243 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6244 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6245 ObjCSuperMessage, 6246 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6247 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6248 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6249 /// name. 6250 ObjCClassMessage 6251 }; 6252 6253 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6254 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6255 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6256 bool IsSuper, 6257 bool HasTrailingDot, 6258 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6259 6260 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6261 Selector Sel, 6262 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6263 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6264 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6265 MultiExprArg Args); 6266 6267 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6268 QualType ReceiverType, 6269 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6270 Selector Sel, 6271 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6272 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6273 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6274 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6275 MultiExprArg Args, 6276 bool isImplicit = false); 6277 6278 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6279 bool isSuperReceiver, 6280 SourceLocation Loc, 6281 Selector Sel, 6282 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6283 MultiExprArg Args); 6284 6285 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6286 ParsedType Receiver, 6287 Selector Sel, 6288 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6289 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6290 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6291 MultiExprArg Args); 6292 6293 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6294 QualType ReceiverType, 6295 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6296 Selector Sel, 6297 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6298 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6299 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6300 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6301 MultiExprArg Args, 6302 bool isImplicit = false); 6303 6304 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6305 QualType ReceiverType, 6306 SourceLocation Loc, 6307 Selector Sel, 6308 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6309 MultiExprArg Args); 6310 6311 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6312 Expr *Receiver, 6313 Selector Sel, 6314 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6315 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6316 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6317 MultiExprArg Args); 6318 6319 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6320 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6321 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6322 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6323 Expr *SubExpr); 6324 6325 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6326 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6327 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6328 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6329 ParsedType Type, 6330 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6331 Expr *SubExpr); 6332 6333 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6334 6335 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6336 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6337 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6338 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 6339 bool IsImplementation); 6340 6341 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6342 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6343 RTC_Compatible, 6344 RTC_Incompatible, 6345 RTC_Unknown 6346 }; 6347 6348 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6349 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6350 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6351 6352 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6353 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6354 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6355 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6356 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6357 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6358 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6359 }; 6360 6361 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6362 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6363 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6364 6365 enum PragmaPackKind { 6366 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6367 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6368 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6369 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6370 }; 6371 6372 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6373 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6374 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6375 }; 6376 6377 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6378 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6379 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6380 Expr *Alignment, 6381 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6382 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6383 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6384 6385 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6386 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6387 6388 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6389 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6390 Scope *curScope, 6391 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6392 6393 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6394 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6395 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6396 6397 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6398 SourceLocation Loc); 6399 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6400 6401 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6402 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6403 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6404 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6405 6406 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6407 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6408 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6409 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6410 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6411 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6412 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6413 6414 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6415 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6416 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6417 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6418 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6419 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6420 6421 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6422 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6423 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6424 6425 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6426 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6427 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6428 6429 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6430 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6431 6432 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6433 void FreePackedContext(); 6434 6435 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6436 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6437 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6438 SourceLocation Loc); 6439 6440 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6441 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6442 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6443 6444 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6445 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6446 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6447 6448 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6449 void FreeVisContext(); 6450 6451 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6452 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6453 /// the appropriate attribute. 6454 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6455 6456 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6457 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6458 bool isDeclSpec); 6459 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6460 bool isDeclSpec); 6461 6462 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6463 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6464 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6465 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6466 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6467 CCK_CStyleCast, 6468 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6469 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6470 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6471 CCK_OtherCast 6472 }; 6473 6474 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6475 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6476 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6477 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6478 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6479 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6480 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6481 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6482 6483 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6484 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6485 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6486 6487 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6488 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6489 /// required. 6490 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6491 6492 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6493 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6494 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6495 6496 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6497 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6498 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6499 6500 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6501 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6502 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6503 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6504 6505 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6506 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6507 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6508 // type. 6509 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6510 6511 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6512 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6513 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6514 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6515 6516 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6517 enum VariadicCallType { 6518 VariadicFunction, 6519 VariadicBlock, 6520 VariadicMethod, 6521 VariadicConstructor, 6522 VariadicDoesNotApply 6523 }; 6524 6525 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6526 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6527 Expr *Fn); 6528 6529 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6530 // vararg function. 6531 enum VarArgKind { 6532 VAK_Valid, 6533 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6534 VAK_Invalid 6535 }; 6536 6537 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6538 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6539 6540 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6541 /// form of call prototypes. 6542 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6543 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6544 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6545 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6546 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6547 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6548 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6549 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6550 6551 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6552 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6553 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6554 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6555 6556 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6557 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6558 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6559 6560 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6561 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6562 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6563 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6564 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6565 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6566 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6567 6568 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6569 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6570 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6571 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6572 /// source and destination type. 6573 enum AssignConvertType { 6574 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6575 Compatible, 6576 6577 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6578 /// accept as an extension. 6579 PointerToInt, 6580 6581 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6582 /// accept as an extension. 6583 IntToPointer, 6584 6585 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6586 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6587 FunctionVoidPointer, 6588 6589 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6590 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6591 IncompatiblePointer, 6592 6593 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6594 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6595 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6596 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6597 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6598 6599 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6600 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6601 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6602 6603 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6604 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6605 /// like address spaces. 6606 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6607 6608 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6609 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6610 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6611 /// extension. 6612 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6613 6614 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6615 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6616 IncompatibleVectors, 6617 6618 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6619 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6620 IntToBlockPointer, 6621 6622 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6623 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6624 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6625 6626 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6627 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6628 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6629 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6630 6631 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6632 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6633 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6634 6635 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6636 /// represent it in the AST. 6637 Incompatible 6638 }; 6639 6640 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6641 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6642 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6643 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6644 SourceLocation Loc, 6645 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6646 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6647 bool *Complained = 0); 6648 6649 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6650 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6651 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6652 Expr *SrcExpr); 6653 6654 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6655 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6656 /// C99 6.5.16. 6657 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6658 QualType LHSType, 6659 QualType RHSType); 6660 6661 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6662 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6663 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6664 ExprResult &RHS, 6665 CastKind &Kind); 6666 6667 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6668 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6669 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6670 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6671 ExprResult &RHS, 6672 bool Diagnose = true); 6673 6674 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6675 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6676 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6677 ExprResult &RHS); 6678 6679 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6680 6681 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6682 6683 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6684 AssignmentAction Action, 6685 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6686 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6687 AssignmentAction Action, 6688 bool AllowExplicit, 6689 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6690 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6691 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6692 AssignmentAction Action, 6693 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6694 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6695 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6696 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6697 AssignmentAction Action, 6698 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6699 6700 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6701 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6702 6703 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6704 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6705 ExprResult &RHS); 6706 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6707 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6708 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6709 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6710 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6711 bool IsDivide); 6712 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6713 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6714 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6715 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6716 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6717 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6718 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6719 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6720 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6721 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6722 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6723 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6724 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6725 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6726 bool isRelational); 6727 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6728 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6729 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6730 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6731 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6732 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6733 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6734 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6735 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6736 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6737 6738 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6739 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6740 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6741 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6742 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6743 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6744 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6745 6746 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6747 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6748 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6749 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6750 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6751 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6752 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6753 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6754 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6755 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6756 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6757 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6758 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6759 NonStandardCompositeType); 6760 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6761 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6762 return Composite; 6763 } 6764 6765 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6766 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6767 6768 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6769 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6770 6771 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6772 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6773 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6774 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6775 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6776 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6777 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6778 SourceLocation Loc); 6779 6780 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6781 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6782 6783 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6784 6785 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6786 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6787 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6788 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6789 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6790 /// reference binding is not possible. 6791 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6792 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6793 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6794 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6795 Ref_Related, 6796 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6797 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6798 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6799 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6800 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6801 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6802 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6803 Ref_Compatible 6804 }; 6805 6806 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6807 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6808 bool &DerivedToBase, 6809 bool &ObjCConversion, 6810 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6811 6812 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6813 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6814 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6815 6816 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6817 /// given type. 6818 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6819 6820 /// \brief Handle an expression that's being passed to an 6821 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 6822 /// 6823 /// \return the effective parameter type to use, or null if the 6824 /// argument is invalid. 6825 QualType checkUnknownAnyArg(Expr *&result); 6826 6827 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6828 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6829 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6830 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6831 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6832 CastKind &Kind); 6833 6834 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6835 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6836 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6837 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6838 // returns the cast expr 6839 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6840 CastKind &Kind); 6841 6842 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6843 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6844 Expr *CastExpr, 6845 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6846 6847 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6848 6849 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6850 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6851 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6852 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6853 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6854 6855 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6856 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6857 6858 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6859 QualType ExprType); 6860 6861 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6862 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6863 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6864 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6865 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 6866 6867 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6868 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6869 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6870 6871 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6872 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6873 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6874 6875 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6876 /// \param Method - May be null. 6877 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6878 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 6879 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 6880 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 6881 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6882 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 6883 bool isSuperMessage, 6884 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 6885 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 6886 6887 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 6888 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 6889 /// and the form of the message send. 6890 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 6891 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6892 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 6893 6894 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 6895 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 6896 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 6897 6898 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 6899 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 6900 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 6901 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 6902 /// 6903 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 6904 /// 'if' keyword. 6905 /// \return true iff there were any errors 6906 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 6907 6908 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 6909 Expr *SubExpr); 6910 6911 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 6912 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 6913 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 6914 6915 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 6916 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 6917 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 6918 6919 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 6920 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 6921 6922 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 6923 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 6924 /// the specified diagnostic. 6925 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 6926 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 6927 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 6928 6929 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 6930 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 6931 /// in the global scope. 6932 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 6933 6934 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 6935 /// expression violations. 6936 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 6937 public: 6938 bool Suppress; 6939 6940 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 6941 6942 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 6943 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 6944 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 6945 }; 6946 6947 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 6948 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 6949 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 6950 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6951 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 6952 bool AllowFold = true); 6953 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6954 unsigned DiagID, 6955 bool AllowFold = true); 6956 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 6957 6958 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 6959 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 6960 /// Returns false on success. 6961 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 6962 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6963 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 6964 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 6965 6966 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 6967 CFT_Device, 6968 CFT_Global, 6969 CFT_Host, 6970 CFT_HostDevice 6971 }; 6972 6973 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 6974 6975 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 6976 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 6977 6978 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 6979 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 6980 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 6981 } 6982 6983 /// \name Code completion 6984 //@{ 6985 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 6986 enum ParserCompletionContext { 6987 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 6988 PCC_Namespace, 6989 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 6990 PCC_Class, 6991 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 6992 /// or category. 6993 PCC_ObjCInterface, 6994 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 6995 /// category implementation 6996 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 6997 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 6998 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 6999 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7000 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7001 /// headers. 7002 PCC_Template, 7003 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7004 /// headers within a class. 7005 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7006 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7007 PCC_Expression, 7008 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7009 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7010 PCC_Statement, 7011 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7012 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7013 PCC_ForInit, 7014 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7015 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7016 PCC_Condition, 7017 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7018 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7019 /// in the grammar. 7020 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7021 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7022 PCC_Type, 7023 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7024 /// might also be a type cast. 7025 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7026 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7027 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7028 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7029 }; 7030 7031 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7032 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7033 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7034 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7035 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7036 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7037 7038 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7039 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7040 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7041 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7042 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7043 bool IsArrow); 7044 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7045 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7046 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7047 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7048 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7049 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7050 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7051 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7052 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7053 7054 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7055 bool EnteringContext); 7056 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7057 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7058 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7059 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7060 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7061 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 7062 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 7063 unsigned NumInitializers); 7064 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7065 bool AfterAmpersand); 7066 7067 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7068 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7069 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7070 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7071 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7072 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7073 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7074 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7075 bool IsParameter); 7076 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7077 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7078 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7079 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7080 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7081 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7082 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7083 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7084 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7085 bool IsSuper = false); 7086 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7087 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7088 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7089 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7090 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7091 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7092 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7093 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7094 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7095 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7096 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7097 unsigned NumProtocols); 7098 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7099 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7100 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7101 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7102 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7103 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7104 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7105 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7106 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7107 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7108 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7109 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7110 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7111 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7112 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7113 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7114 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7115 ParsedType ReturnType); 7116 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7117 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7118 bool AtParameterName, 7119 ParsedType ReturnType, 7120 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7121 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7122 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7123 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7124 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7125 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7126 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7127 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7128 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7129 unsigned Argument); 7130 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7131 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7132 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7133 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7134 //@} 7135 7136 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7137 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7138 7139public: 7140 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7141 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7142 7143private: 7144 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7145 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7146 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7147 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7148 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7149 // FunctionDeclaration. 7150 struct FormatStringInfo { 7151 unsigned FormatIdx; 7152 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7153 bool HasVAListArg; 7154 }; 7155 7156 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7157 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7158 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7159 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7160 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7161 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7162 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7163 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7164 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7165 Expr **Args, 7166 unsigned NumArgs, 7167 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7168 SourceLocation Loc); 7169 7170 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7171 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7172 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7173 VariadicCallType CallType); 7174 7175 7176 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7177 7178 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7179 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7180 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7181 7182 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7183 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7184 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7185 7186public: 7187 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7188 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7189 7190private: 7191 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7192 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7193 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7194 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7195 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7196 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7197 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7198 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7199 7200 enum FormatStringType { 7201 FST_Scanf, 7202 FST_Printf, 7203 FST_NSString, 7204 FST_Strftime, 7205 FST_Strfmon, 7206 FST_Kprintf, 7207 FST_Unknown 7208 }; 7209 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7210 7211 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7212 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7213 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7214 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7215 }; 7216 7217 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7218 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7219 bool HasVAListArg, 7220 unsigned format_idx, 7221 unsigned firstDataArg, 7222 FormatStringType Type, 7223 VariadicCallType CallType, 7224 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7225 7226 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7227 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg, 7228 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7229 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7230 VariadicCallType CallType); 7231 7232 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args, 7233 unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember, 7234 VariadicCallType CallType, 7235 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7236 bool CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7237 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7238 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7239 VariadicCallType CallType, 7240 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7241 7242 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7243 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7244 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7245 7246 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7247 unsigned BId, 7248 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7249 7250 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7251 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7252 7253 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7254 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7255 7256 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7257 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7258 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7259 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7260 7261 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7262 Expr *Init); 7263 7264public: 7265 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7266 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7267 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7268 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7269 7270 struct TypeTagData { 7271 TypeTagData() {} 7272 7273 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7274 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7275 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7276 {} 7277 7278 QualType Type; 7279 7280 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7281 /// layout-compatibility. 7282 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7283 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7284 }; 7285 7286 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7287 /// identifies the magic value. 7288 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7289 7290private: 7291 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7292 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7293 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7294 7295 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7296 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7297 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7298 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7299 7300 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7301 /// 7302 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7303 Scope *CurScope; 7304 7305protected: 7306 friend class Parser; 7307 friend class InitializationSequence; 7308 friend class ASTReader; 7309 friend class ASTWriter; 7310 7311public: 7312 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7313 /// 7314 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7315 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7316 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7317 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7318 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7319 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7320 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7321 7322 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7323 7324 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7325 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7326 } 7327 7328 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7329 7330 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7331 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7332 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7333 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7334 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7335 return DC; 7336 } 7337}; 7338 7339/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7340class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7341 Sema &Actions; 7342 7343public: 7344 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7345 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7346 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7347 bool IsDecltype = false) 7348 : Actions(Actions) { 7349 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7350 IsDecltype); 7351 } 7352 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7353 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7354 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7355 bool IsDecltype = false) 7356 : Actions(Actions) { 7357 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7358 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7359 IsDecltype); 7360 } 7361 7362 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7363 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7364 } 7365}; 7366 7367} // end namespace clang 7368 7369#endif 7370